Slide 1

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 2

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 3

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 4

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 5

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 6

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 7

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 8

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 9

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 10

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 11

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 12

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 13

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 14

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 15

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 16

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 17

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 18

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 19

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 20

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 21

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 22

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 23

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 24

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 25

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 26

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 27

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 28

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 29

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 30

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 31

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 32

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 33

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 34

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 35

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 36

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 37

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 38

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 39

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 40

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 41

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 42

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 43

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 44

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 45

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 46

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 47

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 48

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 49

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 50

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 51

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 52

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 53

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 54

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 55

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 56

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 57

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 58

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 59

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 60

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 61

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 62

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 63

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 64

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 65

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 66

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 67

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 68

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 69

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 70

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 71

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!


Slide 72

英语语法
English Grammar
Unit 4

Determiners

Study objectives
Warm-up activities

Unit 4 Determiners (1)
Unit 4 Determiners (2)
Homework

Study objectives
By the end of this lesson, you
should be able to:

describe the definition of determiner
classify the classes of determiners

grasp the usages of articles

Study objectives
grasp the usages of indefinite
determiners (many, much, few, a few,
little, a little，both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no,

other, another, etc.)

Warm-up Activities

Jokes

在欧洲曾发生过这样一件事,某国游客
因小看冠词闹的笑话.这个男游客到欧洲旅
游,在办理入店手续时,他想要一个带浴室
的房间,就对女店员说:
---Could you give me a room and a
bath?
---I can give you a room, but you have
to take your own bath!

2001年4月,中美飞机相撞,一个大学生
在英语演讲时本想说: “毫无疑问,责任完
全在美方!”可他说的英语却是:
The U.S. party should completely
accept the blame for it. It is out of the
question!

cf. It is out of question.
It is out of the question.

Let’s do some
warm-up
exercises!

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
1. There is
the)

university near the station. ( a, an,

2. You has already read the book for
an)
3.

hour. ( a,

Cooks live on the top floor. ( A, An, The)

4. I like to play
an , the, / )
5. This ring is made of

violin in my spare time. (a,

gold. (the, a, an, /)

Please choose the suitable words to fill
in the following blanks:
6. You hit Kate on

mouth. ( her, a, the)

7. The teacher are paid by
months, the month)
8.

. ( a month, the

is a faithful animal. ( Dogs, Doggie, The
dog, A dog)

9. We can’t eat
which is not clean. (an
apple, the apple, apples)

10. Please look at

. (the sun, a sun, sun)

Please discuss together :
1. How many words did you fill just now in
the above exercises? What are they?
2. Are you familiar with them? Can you
count how many times you use these
words each day?
3. Try to think about the usages of these
words and give a name to call them.

Period 1

Unit 4 Determiners (I)

Contents
1. What are the determiners?
2. The classification of determiners
3. Articles
4. Exercises of articles

Task 1.1

What are the determiners?

What are determiners?
Words that precede any pre-modifying
adjectives in a noun phrase and which
denote such referential meanings as
specific reference, generic reference,
definite quantity or indefinite quantity are
referred to as determiners.
限定词是指用于名词前，限定名词的所
指类别和数量的词。

Task 1.2
The classification of determiners

The classification of determiners
Determiners can be classified in to
three groups briefly:
冠

词

a / an, the

数量词

many, much, few, little…

其他限定词

both, either, all, every…

Task 1.3
Articles

Articles

冠词（Articles)是虚词，本身不能单
独使用，也没有词义。它用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的含义。 一般把冠词分为定

冠词（definite article)和不定冠词
（indefinite article)。还有一种名次前不使

用冠词的情况，我们称之为零冠词（zero
article)。

不定冠词 Indefinite Articles
不定冠词有a和an两种形式，a用于辅音前，
an用于元音开头的词前。
位 置

用

法

例

句

表示"一个"，意 Rome was not built in a day.
为one；指某人或A Mr. Ling is waiting for you.
用于单数 某物，意为a
可数名词 certain。
A knife is a tool for cutting
之前
with.
代表一类人或物。Mr. Smith is an engineer.

定冠词 Definite Articles
定冠词只有the一种形式。
位 置

用

法

例

句

用于可 用在重新提到的人 He bought a house. I've
been to the house.
数的单 或物的词前面
复数名
用在谈话双方都明 Take the medicine.
词或不
白的人或物的词前
可数名
面
词之前
用单数可数名词之 The banana is a tropical fruit.
前，表示某一类人
或物。

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前
方向方位名词前
形高序数仅相同
江海湖山脉群岛
表示姓氏复数前
音乐乐器名词前
某些国家与组织

定冠词的特殊用法
独一无二事物前的特殊情况：
1.如果sun, moon, sky等词前有描绘定语。
A brilliant sun lit up the rooms.
A pale moon hung low in the sky.
2. 在某些成语中。
He is very down to earth. 他为人实事
求是。
What on earth are you doing?
你在做什么？

定冠词的特殊用法
表示方向方位的词的特殊情况：
the Middle East 中东
远东

the Far East

1.用方向性形容词，不加冠词
northern England
southern China
2.作副词时就自然不能加冠词
I am thinking of going south.

定冠词的特殊用法
国名为复合名词或复数时的特殊情况：
the United Kingdom 英国（联合王国）
the Philippines 菲律宾
the Netherlands 荷兰
江海湖山脉群岛
the Suez Canal 苏伊士运河
the Ruikiu Islands 琉球群岛
the English Channel 英伦海峡
the Taiwan Straits 台湾海峡
the Persian Gulf 波斯湾

定冠词的特殊用法
表江海湖山脉群岛时请注意：
1. 独山独岛无定冠词
Mount O Mei,
Christmas Island
2. 地图上标注时一般不加定冠词。

零冠词 Zero Articles
如果名次前不使用冠词，我们称之为零冠词
（zero article）。

下列情况我们可以使用零冠词（即不使用冠
词）：
1） 国名，人名前： England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时：
例如： They are teachers. 他们是教师。

零冠词 Zero Articles
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Failure is the mother of success.
失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时：
例如：Man cannot live without water.
离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等
表示时间的名词之前：
例如：We go to school from Monday to Friday.
我们从星期一到星期五都上课。

零冠词 Zero Articles
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前：
例如： The guards took the American to

General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军
那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前：

如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时：
例如：I can‘t write without pen or pencil.
没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。

零冠词 Zero Articles
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方
式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，
college， prison，market，hospital，bed，
table，class，town，church，court 等个体名
词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。
例如： go to hospital
go to the hospital

去医院看病
去医院 （并不是

去看病，而是 有其他目的）

零冠词 Zero Articles
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the

race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all,

from first to last等。

冠词的用法疑难解析
1. a blue pen 和 one blue pen
前者强调类别;后者强调数量.

2. a day 和 one day
前者是“一天”；后者是“某一天”.
3. do sb. a favor 和 do sb. the favor
前泛指帮助；后指具体帮助，须加不定式。
4. have a word with 和 have words
with
前者指“与…谈话”；后者指“与…吵
架”。

冠词的用法疑难解析

5. in a country和 in the country
前者“在一个国家”；后者指“在乡下”．
6. leave school 和 leave the school
前者“退学＼毕业”；后者“离开某一学
校”．
sit at table ---- sit at the table
go to bed ---- go to the bed

冠词的用法疑难解析
7. National Day和 the National Day
由普通名词构成的表示节日的专有名词前
不用定冠词．由festival表示的节日前要
用定冠词．the Spring Festival

8. on earth 和 on the earth
前者作“究竟”解时，常放在who, what,
when, where, why, how等特殊疑问句
后．后者指“在地球上”．

冠词的用法疑难解析
9. on TV 和 on the radio
前者如watch TV, The film will be
shown on TV. 后者如What is on the
radio tonight? Listen to the radio.

10. so clever a 还是 a so clever
so, too, as, how, however 等副词修
饰形容词时，不定冠词须放在被这些副
词修饰的形容词之后．how cold a day,
too easy a book.

Task 1.4
Exercises for Articles

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______ house in the picture. There

is ________old woman near _________ house.
A. an; a; the

B. a; an ; the

C. the ; a; an

D. a; the; an

2. He has already worked for ______ hour.
A. the

B. an

C. a

D. /

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3. Alice is fond of playing ______ piano.
A. the
B. an
C. a

D. /

4. Beyond ____ stars, the astronaut saw nothin
g but _____space.
A. /；the
B. the ; the
C. /，/

D. the; 不填

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. ______ terrible weather we've been having th
ese days!
A. How a
B. What a
C. How
D. What
6. Where is Jack? -----I think he is still in ______ bed, but he might j
ust be in ______bathroom.
A. /；/
B. the; the
C. the; /
D. /; the

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. _______ Great Wall is _______ longest wall
in the world．
A．A；a
B．The；the
C．A；the
D．The；a
8. The museum is quite far．It will take you half
_______ hour to get there by _______ bus．
A．an；／
B．an；a
C．a；／
D．／；／

Keys

1. B

2. B

3. A

4. D

5. D

6.D

7. B

8. A

Ex. 2 Error correction:
1. Some cities have lost their original
purpose and have not found new one .
( 2002.6 CET6 )
2. With occasional breaks for war, the rates
of death and infection in the Europe and
America dropped steadily through the 19th
and 20th centuries. （2001.6 CET6）

Ex. 2 Error correction:
3. She has written such a beautiful poetry
that it is hard to believe she has never had
formal education.
4. Linguistics is a scientific study of the
language.
5. The third sister of his is such a spitfire.

Period 2

Unit 4 Determiners (II)

Contents
1. The infinite determiners
2. Exercises for the infinite determiners

Task 2.1
The infinite determiners

The infinite determiners

不定限定词（The infinite determiners)
为限定词的一种。它一般用在名词的前面，
帮助指明名词的数量（称为数量词）或者用
来表示非确定的泛指（称为其他限定词） 。
常见的不定限定词有： many, much, few, a
few, little, a little， both, either, neither, all,
each, every, one, some, any, none, no, other,
another, etc.) 。

数量词
many, much 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

Many of the students like music.
many +复数可数名词 Many hands make light work.
We’re many, you’re few.

much

Much money was stolen last
night.
+不可数名词 I don’t know much about you.

数量词
few, a few; little, a little 的用法
词

few
a few

用

法

例

句

Few of us have been to Beijing.
+可数名词 I have a few toys .
She knows a few of us.

There’s little left.
little
They spend very little on eating.
a little +不可数名词 There is a little water on the table.

其他限定词
both, either, neither 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

谈到两者时使
用 ：both指
both “两者都”
Both of his parents are workers.
either either 指“两 Either of the teachers is good.
neither 者中的一个” Neither seat is occupied.
neither指“两
者都不”

其他限定词
all 的用法
词

all

用

法

例

句

All of us are English majors.
可代表或修饰 That’s all for today’s lesson.
两个以上的人
You have eaten all the apples.
或物，或不可
They all are my good friends.
数名词

其他限定词
each 的用法
词

用

法

指两个或两个
以上人或物中
的一个，表
each “单个”，只
能修饰单数可
数名词，侧重
个体、个性

例

句

Each of the students has a
book.
They each have a car.
There are green trees on
each side of the road.
I will give a gift to each of you,

其他限定词
every 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

指两个或两个 Is everybody here?
以上人或物中
Every one of the students
的一个，表
has strong and weak points.
every “每一个”，
只能修饰单数
可数名词，侧
重全体，整体

其他限定词
one 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

One should do one’s best to
泛指，表示
“一个人”或 study.
one “某一个”， Your problem is complex one.
(单数） 可作主语、宾
语、定语
ones
Do you have a mobile-phone?
(复数）
可用来代替前 Yes, I have one.
面出现过的词

其他限定词
none, no 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“没有一个 A friend to all is a friend to none.
人”的意思，可 None of us will go to school
none 作主语、宾语和 tonight.
同位语

No man is born wise.

no 表“没有”，常
作定语构成否定
句

其他限定词
other 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表两个中的一 I have two friends: one is Lily,
the
个，常与one连用 the other is Helen.
other

others

the
others

Please tell others to come to
表“别的” the classroom right now.
Some of these bikes are red.
表“其余的” The others are green.

其他限定词
another 的用法
词

用

法

例

句

表“别的， I bought three gifts for my
另一个”， sister. One is a book, another
一般后面接 is a pen, and the third is a cap.
another 单数名词

其他限定词
some 的特殊用法
用

法

例

句

疑问句中，表示邀请
Why don’t you have some drink?
或期待一个肯定的回答
单数可数名词前，表示
I hope I can see her some day.
“某个”
作状语与数词连用，表 Some 35 people were present
at the meeting.
示“大约”

Task 2.2
Exercises for
The infinite determiners

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
1. The additional work will take

A. the other

B. another five

C. other five

D. the more

2. I saw

boys at the cinema.

A. the both

B. many a

C. both the

D. the several

weeks.

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
3.

friends usually speak highly of him.

A. His some

B. His many

C. Many his

D. Some his

4.

boys were in the classroom.

A. All five other

B. Other all

C. All the more

D. All the other five

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
5. The librarian has catalogued
the fiction section.
A. every

B. each

C. either

D. neither

6.

book in

dictionary is enough for me.

A. Such one

B. One such

C. Such a one

D. One such a

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
7. There are

mistakes in the paper.

A. the

B. a little

C. much

D. a few

8.
work has to be done before the
plant goes into operation.
A. Much

B. Double

C. A number of

D. Neither

Ex. 1 Choose the best answer:
9. I saw

cars outside the building.

A. a little

B. any

C. many

D. neither

10. On account of the typhoon
will arrive this week.
A. neither

B. all

C. both

D. these

shipment

Keys

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. D 5. A

6. B

7.D

8. A

9. C 10.A

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
1. A: Do you need more milk?
B: No, there is too
already.
2. A: Should we get some tomatoes?
B: No, but not as
as that.

3. A: Which of these two novels would you
like?
B: I don’t like
of them. I am
interested in
one.

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
4. A: Which of all these would you like?
B: I wouldn’t like
of them, because they
look too old.
5.

eyewitness is better than ten hearsays.
（百闻不如一见。）

6. Do not do unto
as you would not
have them do unto yourself. (己所不欲，勿施
于人）

Ex. 2 Fill in the blanks with appropriate
determiners and read the sentences:
7.

road of flowers lead to glory. (没有一
条通往光荣的道路是铺满鲜花的。）

8.

fall into
pit,
（吃一堑，长一智。）

9.

body often harbors a great soul.
（浓缩的都是精品。）

gain in your wit.

10.
bird love to hear himself sing.
（孤芳自赏。）

Keys
1. much

2. many

3. either, neither
4. any, all

5. one

6. others

7. no

8. A, a, a

9. A little

10. Each

Homework
1. Please finish the exercise of
Page 57 & Page 61.
2. Please study the on-line
resources about this unit.

Thank you!